NextERP/documentation
5
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

[I18N] *: export pot files

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Martin Trigaux 2021-05-14 18:41:51 +02:00
parent 2d9ad82bd6
commit 9e77998bc1
491 changed files with 340487 additions and 524886 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

5
.tx/config
View File

@ -27,6 +27,11 @@ file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po
source_file = locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot
source_lang = en
[odoo-13-doc.marketing]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po
source_file = locale/sources/marketing.pot
source_lang = en
[odoo-13-doc.productivity]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po
source_file = locale/sources/productivity.pot

6
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-07 17:13+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Dooreen AlMehdar <doa@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../applications.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "التطبيقات"

1040
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1551
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

785
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -1,785 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2019
# Abed Al-Shammari <ASH@smartway.co>, 2020
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
# Dooreen AlMehdar <doa@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Dooreen AlMehdar <doa@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "المحادثة"
#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "متقدم"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo"
msgstr ""
"كيفية استخدام خادم البريد الخاص بي لإرسال رسائل البريد الإلكتروني واستلامها "
"في أودو"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6
msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..."
msgstr ""
"إذا كنت من مستخدمي Odoo Online أو Odoo.sh ...\n"
" "
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8
msgid ""
"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your "
"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11
msgid ""
"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the"
" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16
msgid "Scope of this documentation"
msgstr "نطاق هذه الوثائق"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18
msgid ""
"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't "
"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, "
"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25
msgid ""
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
"reputation yourself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
"own email solution with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34
msgid ""
"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from "
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation "
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr "كيفية إدارة الرسائل الصادرة."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr "ثم قم بتعيين اسم نطاق البريد الإلكتروني الخاص بك في الإعدادات العامة."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53
msgid ""
"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` "
"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less "
"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here "
"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57
msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr "هل يمكنني استخدام خادم Office 365"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr ""
"كيفية استخدام خادم G Suite\n"
" "
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
"`Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr "كن متوافقًا مع SPF"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108
msgid "Restriction"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109
msgid ""
"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587,"
" 465 or 2525."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr "كيفية إدارة الرسائل الواردة."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr "قم بتعيين اسم نطاق البريد الإلكتروني الخاص بك في الإعدادات العامة."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165
msgid ""
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3
msgid "Email Templates"
msgstr "قوالب البريد"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but "
"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is "
"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email "
"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple "
"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, "
"improving their overall experience with the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12
msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14
msgid ""
"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be "
"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18
msgid ""
"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates "
"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this "
"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to "
"job applicants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To "
"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the "
"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32
msgid ""
"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one "
"with the highest priority is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent,"
" saving space in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37
msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you "
"would like to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the "
"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52
msgid ""
"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily"
" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before "
"sending it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together "
"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, "
"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout"
" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and "
"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11
msgid "Choose your notifications preference"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13
msgid ""
"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter "
"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, "
"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent "
"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23
msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29
msgid ""
"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the"
" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37
msgid "Start Chatting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39
msgid ""
"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message "
"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If "
"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite"
" of where you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49
msgid ""
"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of"
" your browser."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51
msgid ""
"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to "
"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62
msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65
msgid ""
"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter "
"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel,"
" type *#channel-name*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67
msgid ""
"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or "
"through email, depending on his settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74
msgid ""
"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values "
"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers "
"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the "
"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the"
" scope of the search becomes all partners."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80
msgid "Chat status"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82
msgid ""
"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can "
"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the "
"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging "
"menu*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86
msgid "Green = online"
msgstr "أخضر = متصل"
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87
msgid "Orange = away"
msgstr "البرتقالي = بعيدًا"
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88
msgid "White = offline"
msgstr "أبيض = غير متصل"
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89
msgid "Airplane = out of the office"
msgstr "الطائرة = خارج المكتب"
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97
msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65
msgid ":doc:`team_communication`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3
msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities"
msgstr "تنظم من خلال تخطيط الأنشطة"
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you "
"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to "
"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance "
"of having overlapping actions between team members."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10
msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?"
msgstr "أين أرى أنشطتي المجدولة؟"
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12
msgid ""
"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the "
"*Activities* menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20
msgid "Plan activities"
msgstr "تخطيط الأنشطة"
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22
msgid ""
"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter "
"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or "
"through Kanban views."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31
msgid "Set your activity types"
msgstr "قم بتحديد نوع النشاط أو الفعالية."
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33
msgid ""
"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, "
"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure"
" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46
msgid "Recommend next activities"
msgstr "التوصية بالأنشطة التالية"
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48
msgid ""
"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set "
"*Recommended Next Activities*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and"
" next steps are suggested to you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115
msgid ":doc:`get_started`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels"
msgstr "التواصل بكفاءة باستخدام القنوات"
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the "
"latest developments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10
msgid "Public and Private channels"
msgstr "القنوات العامة والخاصة"
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only "
"visible to users invited to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used "
"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a "
"specific department)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26
msgid "Configuration options"
msgstr "خيارات الإعداد"
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by"
" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36
msgid "Privacy and Members"
msgstr "الخصوصية والأعضاء"
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40
msgid ""
"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control "
"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* "
"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would"
" a public one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your "
"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on "
"*Invite*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* "
"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while "
"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto "
"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they "
"are part of the group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55
msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list"
msgstr "استخدم قناة كقائمة بريدية"
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57
msgid ""
"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that "
"messages will need to be approved before being sent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you"
" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67
msgid ""
"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions"
" to newcomers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73
msgid ""
"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* "
"messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80
msgid ""
"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of "
"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83
msgid ""
"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email "
"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91
msgid "Quick search bar"
msgstr "شريط البحث السريع"
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if "
"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a "
"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations"
" and quickly find the one you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103
msgid "Finding channels"
msgstr "البحث عن القنوات"
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106
msgid ""
"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public "
"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108
msgid ""
"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function "
"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a "
"single character."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`"
msgstr ""

824
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -1,824 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Abdalla Mohamed <abdalla.mhafeez@gmail.com>, 2019
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019
# hoxhe Aits <hoxhe0@gmail.com>, 2019
# Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
msgid "eCommerce"
msgstr "المتجر الإلكتروني"
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "ابدأ"
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
msgid "Product Catalog"
msgstr "دليل المنتجات"
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
msgid ""
"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
msgid ""
"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
"website categories, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
msgid "Highlight a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
msgid ""
"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make "
"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
msgid ""
"See how to do it: "
"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
msgid "Quick add to cart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
msgid ""
"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by "
"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description "
"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: "
"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
"better)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
msgid "How to build a product page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
msgid "How to show product availability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
"your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
msgid ""
"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
"an option in *Availability*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
msgid ""
"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
"delay, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
msgid ""
"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it "
"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer "
"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
"available options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
msgid ""
"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
"are 2 values for 1 attribute."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
msgid "How to edit variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
msgid "You can edit following data:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
msgid "Barcode,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
msgid "Volume,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
msgid "Weight,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
msgid ""
"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
"to populate them once the variants generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
msgid ""
"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
"variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
msgid ""
"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
msgid ""
"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
"attribute value is selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
msgid ""
"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
msgid ""
"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
"list. You can reactivate them the same way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
msgid "Maximize my revenue"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
msgid ""
"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch "
"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
"functionalities:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
msgid ""
"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
msgid ""
"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
"reviews the cart before paying."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
msgid ""
"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case "
"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several "
"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
"suggested accessories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
msgid ""
"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for "
"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
msgid "To publish optional products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
msgid ""
"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the "
"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
"up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
msgid ""
"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
msgid ""
"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
msgid ""
"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
msgid "Currency selector"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
msgid ""
"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose "
"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
"drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
msgid ""
"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "الإعداد"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
" on formula* for *Sale Price*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a"
" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
"code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
msgid ""
"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
"prices get automatically updated in the cart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
msgid ""
"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
msgid ""
"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust "
"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow "
"your customer to share their feedback!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15
msgid ""
"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
"page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
msgid ""
"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do "
"so (see Portal documentation)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
msgid "Review the posts in real time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
msgid ""
"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product "
"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34
msgid ""
"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
"follower."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
msgid ""
"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
"the product discussion thread)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail "
"form or on the web page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48
msgid ""
"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* "
"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
msgid "..tip::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
msgid ""
"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
" smart button (and vice versa)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
msgid ""
"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products "
"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
" time browsing your catalog."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
msgid "To do so:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
msgid ""
"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail "
"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your "
"customers will be confused."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20
msgid ""
"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
"page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
msgid ""
"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no "
"time. The topics follow the buying process:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
msgid "Product Page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
msgid "Shop Page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "التسعير"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
msgid "Taxes"
msgstr "الضرائب"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
msgid "Checkout process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
msgid "Payment"
msgstr "دفعة"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
msgid "Launch my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
msgid "Get paid"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a"
" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on "
"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
msgid "What are the payment status"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
msgid ""
"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need "
"to authorize it from the acquirer interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23
msgid ""
"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo,"
" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the"
" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28
msgid ""
"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
"confirmed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
"retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
msgid ""
"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, "
"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such "
"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
msgid ""
"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically "
"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice "
"orders straight on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54
msgid ""
"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in "
"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically "
"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank "
"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you"
" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That "
"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books "
"until you get paid into your bank account (see "
":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63
msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
msgid ""
"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once "
"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
"only available with Authorize.net."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71
msgid ""
"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
"*Capture Transaction*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77
msgid ""
"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
"interfaces, not from Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
msgid ""
"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer "
"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are"
" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and "
"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup "
"process before buying something."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
msgid "Sign up"
msgstr "تسجيل"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
msgid ""
"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the "
"order from order confirmation email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
msgid "Customer account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
msgid ""
"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*"
" in the login dropdown menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31
msgid ""
"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
"modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
msgid ""
"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they "
"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
msgid "Collect taxes"
msgstr ""

290
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po
View File

@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr "التسويق بالبريد الإلكتروني"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5
msgid ""
"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as "
"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and"
" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid "Create mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34
msgid "Contacts"
msgstr "جهات الاتصال"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43
msgid ""
"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the "
"contact is or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is "
"redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28
msgid ""
"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you "
"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be "
"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to"
" a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses are shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or "
"contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. "
"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"deletes the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56
msgid ""
"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* "
"column in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the "
"*queue* column in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, "
"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have "
"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically "
"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of"
" this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
msgstr ""

351
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
View File

@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Naser Al Ramahi <nar@smartway.co>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Naser Al Ramahi <nar@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr "المصروفات"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8
msgid "How to set expense types"
msgstr "كيف يتم تسجيل المصروف"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9
msgid ""
"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed "
"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* "
"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on "
"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the "
"real cost per expense."
msgstr ""
"تتمثل الخطوة الأولى لتتبع النفقات في تكوين أنواع النفقات (التي تتم إدارتها "
"كمنتجات في نظام Odoo) التي تسمح بها شركتك ، من قائمة * التكوين / "
"Configuration *. عندما يتم استرداد مصروفات محددة بسعر ثابت ، قم بتعيين تكلفة"
" على المنتج. عدا ذلك ، حافظ على التكلفة عند 0.0 و سيقومون الموظفون بتسجيل "
"التكلفة الحقيقية لكل حساب."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17
msgid "Here are some examples to configure:"
msgstr "فيما يلي بعض الأمثلة لتكوين :"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19
msgid "Restaurant:"
msgstr "مطعم :"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27
msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)"
msgstr "التكلفة: 0.00 (سوف يتم تسجيل تكلفة التذكرة مع كل مصروف)"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22
msgid "Travel with Personal Car:"
msgstr "السفر عن طريق سيارة خاصة :"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24
msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)"
msgstr "التكلفة: 0.30 (سعر كل ميل تسدده الشركة كسعر ثابت)"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25
msgid "Hotel:"
msgstr "فندق:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29
msgid "Others:"
msgstr "اخرى:"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31
msgid "Cost: 0.0"
msgstr "التكلفة: 0.0"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33
msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That"
" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is "
"usually the expected behaviour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
msgid ""
"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense "
"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased "
"in different units of measure (advanced)*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48
msgid "How to record expenses"
msgstr "كيف يتم تسجيل المصروف"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "يدويًا"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53
msgid ""
"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses "
"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59
msgid ""
"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with "
"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of "
"hotel nights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62
msgid "Enter the expense date."
msgstr "أدخل تاريخ المصروف"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63
msgid ""
"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if "
"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65
msgid ""
"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan "
"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and "
"the accountant validate it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73
msgid "In one click from emails"
msgstr "نقرة واحدة من رسائل البريد الإلكتروني"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74
msgid ""
"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a "
"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77
msgid ""
"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in "
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* "
"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee "
"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83
msgid ""
"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the "
"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in "
"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88
msgid "How to submit expenses to managers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90
msgid ""
"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end "
"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My "
"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and"
" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly "
"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to "
"approve it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button "
"on the form view of an expense."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103
msgid ""
"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses "
"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108
msgid "How to approve expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110
msgid ""
"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from"
" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. "
"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117
msgid ""
"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as "
"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123
msgid ""
"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team "
"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those "
"employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131
msgid "How to post expenses in accounting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133
msgid ""
"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to"
" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to "
"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to"
" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have "
"following access rights:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139
msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140
msgid "Expenses: Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143
msgid ""
"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get"
" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to "
"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in"
" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person "
"is using Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150
msgid "How to reimburse employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152
msgid ""
"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in "
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To "
"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156
msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163
msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165
msgid ""
"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your"
" customers automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "الإعداد"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171
msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173
msgid ""
"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all "
"your Expense types:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176
msgid ""
"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179
msgid ""
"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses "
"quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182
msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184
msgid ""
"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191
msgid "Create an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193
msgid ""
"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered "
"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be "
"added automatically once posted by the accountant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198
msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204
msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206
msgid ""
"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on"
" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees"
" are already able to set one when submitting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213
msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216
msgid "Invoice expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218
msgid ""
"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically "
"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226
msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)."
msgstr ""

20688
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po → locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

393
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
# Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2020
# Rabie Bou Khodor <RBK@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Rabie Bou Khodor <RBK@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../fsm.rst:5
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr "الخدمة الميدانية"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "مكتب المساعدة"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will "
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr "المبيعات"
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

1677
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

381
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
msgid ""
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
msgid ""
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid ""
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
"practices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
msgid ""
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
"testing of functionalities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "2. Project Scope"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
msgid ""
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
"project implementation is pursuing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
msgid ""
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
" clear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
"the implementation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
msgid ""
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
"experiment of the standard in production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
msgid "3. Managing expectations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
msgid ""
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
" account from the beginning of the project:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
msgid ""
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
"check that this is still the case."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
"to pursue this same objective."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
msgid ""
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
"tools\\* :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
msgid ""
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
msgid ""
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
msgid ""
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
"lines of expected changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
msgid ""
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
" the changes related to the interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
msgid ""
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
msgid ""
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
msgid ""
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
"follow those principles:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
msgid ""
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
" manager are clearly defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
msgid ""
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
msgid ""
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
msgid ""
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
"reached;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
msgid ""
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
msgid ""
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
msgid ""
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
msgid ""
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
"business processes of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
msgid ""
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
"needs of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid ""
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
"requirements of the operational reality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
msgid ""
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
"noted gap is caused by:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
msgid "**or**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid "7. Data Imports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
msgid ""
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
"it will be decided :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
msgid ""
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
msgid ""
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
" import will be made before the production launch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
msgid ""
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253
msgid "8. Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
msgid ""
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""

882
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -1,882 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Abdalla Mohamed <abdalla.mhafeez@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2020
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "مكتب المساعدة"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "متقدم"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3
msgid "After Sales Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5
msgid ""
"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team "
"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is "
"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage"
" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite "
"interventions from a ticket’s page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11
msgid "Set up the after sales services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and "
"Onsite Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22
msgid ""
"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For"
" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and "
"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32
msgid ""
"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is"
" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41
msgid ""
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or "
"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on "
"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50
msgid ""
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is"
" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59
msgid ""
"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite "
"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* "
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
msgid "Forum and eLearning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
msgid "Forum"
msgstr "المنتدى"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
msgid ""
"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
"community!)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
"enable *Help Center*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
msgid ""
"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
"allowed per question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
msgid ""
"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
msgid ""
"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
"the ticket's page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
msgid "eLearning"
msgstr "eLearning"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
msgid ""
"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *eLearning*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
msgid ""
"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
msgid ""
"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
"Course*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "المطلوب تنفيذه"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid ""
"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
"AVAILABLE!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they"
" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful "
"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline,"
" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10
msgid "Set up teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12
msgid ""
"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14
msgid ""
"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels "
"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, "
"accounting, admin, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21
msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23
msgid ""
"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get "
"redirected to the right person:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26
msgid ""
"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage "
"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28
msgid ""
"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. "
"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens "
"automatically;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of "
"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure "
"that all tickets get to be taken care of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team "
"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include "
"all employees (with the proper access rights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43
msgid ""
"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access "
"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only "
"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees "
"(with the proper access rights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46
msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48
msgid ""
"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams "
"to use certain stages under *Team*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55
msgid ""
"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt "
"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and "
"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64
msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr "تقييمات"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to "
"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence"
" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve"
" the quality of your services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email "
"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21
msgid ""
"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to "
"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit"
" Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28
msgid ""
"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, "
"an email is sent to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35
msgid ""
"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` "
"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main "
"dashboard, and through *Reporting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39
msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk"
" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51
msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Start Receiving Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you "
"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves."
" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it "
"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11
msgid "Channels options to submit tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and "
"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your "
"users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21
msgid "Email Alias"
msgstr "لقب البريد الإلكتروني"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24
msgid ""
"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email "
"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and "
"the content is shown in the Chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26
msgid ""
"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from "
"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias "
"Domain*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35
msgid ""
"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo "
"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email "
"server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39
msgid "Website Form"
msgstr "نموذج الموقع"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41
msgid ""
"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on"
" *Go to Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49
msgid ""
"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by "
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "الدردشة الحية"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59
msgid ""
"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can "
"be instantly created and redirected to the right person."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61
msgid ""
"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* "
"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command "
"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72
msgid "Prioritize tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74
msgid ""
"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the"
" top of your list on the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77
msgid "1 star = *Low priority*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78
msgid "2 stars = *High priority*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79
msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`sla`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3
msgid "Reports for a Better Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5
msgid ""
"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting "
"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, "
"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s "
"expectations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10
msgid "Cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12
msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14
msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17
msgid ""
"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the "
"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19
msgid ""
"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous "
"Period* or a *Previous Year*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25
msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27
msgid ""
"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order "
"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how"
" many requests they are able to handle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35
msgid ""
"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37
msgid ""
"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and "
"ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39
msgid ""
"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close "
"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want "
"their issues to be handled quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48
msgid "Save filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50
msgid ""
"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every"
" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures "
"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3
msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5
msgid ""
"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers "
"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and "
"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, "
"and when."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10
msgid "Create your policies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13
msgid ""
"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like "
"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15
msgid ""
"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23
msgid ""
"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**"
" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27
msgid ""
"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to"
" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a "
"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If "
"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all"
" SLAs is the one considered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29
msgid ""
"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and "
"the deadline field is not shown anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37
msgid "SLA Analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply"
" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and"
" keep track of upcoming deadlines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3
msgid "Timesheet and Invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales "
"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, "
"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the "
"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your "
"customer needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14
msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create"
" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time "
"Reinvoicing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
msgid ""
"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created"
" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be "
"ultimately modified on each ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28
msgid "Step 2: Set up a service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as "
"the unit of measure of your service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit"
" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40
msgid ""
"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid ""
"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of "
"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours "
"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales"
" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, "
"automating the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53
msgid ""
"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow "
"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs "
"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the "
"time spent on a ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58
msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61
msgid "Step 1: Place an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the "
"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who "
"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the "
"customer and *Confirm* the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72
msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74
msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82
msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84
msgid ""
"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the "
"task created by the confirmation of the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92
msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94
msgid ""
"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under "
"the *Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100
msgid ""
"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*"
" column in the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108
msgid ""
"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on "
"the dedicated task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111
msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
msgid ""
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "الإعدادات"
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15
msgid ""
"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and "
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
msgid ""
"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under"
" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
msgstr ""

16
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -1,19 +1,15 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -21,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
msgid "Index"
#: ../../content/index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo Documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr "وثائق مستخدم أودو"

6577
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

9912
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

792
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
View File

@ -1,792 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../iot.rst:5
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config.rst:3
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "إعداد"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28
msgid ""
"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the "
"IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32
msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35
msgid ""
"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection "
"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the"
" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40
msgid "WiFi Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44
msgid "Copy the token"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
"plugged in your computer)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
"and paste the token, then click on next."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60
msgid ""
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66
msgid ""
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
"redirected to your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
" our latest updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9
msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. "
"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade "
"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself "
"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18
msgid ""
"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the "
"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25
msgid "Upgrade with Etcher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27
msgid ""
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. "
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly "
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just "
"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. "
"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13
msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17
msgid ""
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
"installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24
msgid ""
"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash "
"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of "
"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30
msgid "Set Up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32
msgid ""
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the "
"network and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41
msgid ""
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
"RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character "
"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode "
"scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51
msgid ""
"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. "
"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by "
"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56
msgid ""
"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please"
" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation "
"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and"
" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6
msgid "IoT Box Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9
msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11
msgid ""
"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT "
"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14
msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16
msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18
msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20
msgid ""
"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's "
"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23
msgid ""
"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or "
"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will"
" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see "
":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box "
"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to"
" the micro-USB port."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33
msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35
msgid ""
"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if "
"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your "
"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that "
"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't "
"use a multi-database environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42
msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44
msgid ""
"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on"
" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local "
"network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "الطابعة"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52
msgid "My printer is not detected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54
msgid ""
"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT "
"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60
msgid ""
"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers "
"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you "
"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66
msgid "My printer outputs random text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68
msgid ""
"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and "
"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might "
"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random "
"characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73
msgid ""
"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box "
"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select "
"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify "
"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to "
"your printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83
msgid ""
"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a "
"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88
msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is "
"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, "
"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by "
"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer "
"mode and look for the corresponding template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97
msgid "Barcode Scanner"
msgstr "قارئ الباركود"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102
msgid ""
"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. "
"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode "
"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device "
"and select the correct one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale "
"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character"
" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
msgid ""
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
"IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
msgid "Cashdrawer"
msgstr "درج النقدية"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* "
"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3
msgid "Devices"
msgstr "الأجهزة"
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Camera"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can"
" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you "
"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. "
"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality "
"control point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11
msgid "Connection"
msgstr "الاتصال"
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14
msgid ""
"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17
msgid ""
"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as "
"soon as it is connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25
msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34
msgid "With the Manufacturing app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30
msgid ""
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control "
"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open "
"the control point you want to link with the camera."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34
msgid ""
"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown "
"list. Now, hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40
msgid ""
"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the "
"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before"
" will allow you to take a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Footswitch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5
msgid ""
"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using "
"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8
msgid ""
"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform "
"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be "
"configured in a few steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15
msgid ""
"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect"
" the two by cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18
msgid ""
"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be "
"automatically detected when connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26
msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28
msgid ""
"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a "
"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add "
"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and"
" also add a key to trigger it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36
msgid ""
"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order "
"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, "
"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41
msgid ""
"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are "
"correctly connected to the footswitch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your "
"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10
msgid "Connect in USB"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12
msgid ""
"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, "
"and the device should appear in your Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19
msgid "Connect in Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21
msgid ""
"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further "
"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the "
"device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25
msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31
msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36
msgid ""
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control "
"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* "
"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41
msgid ""
"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown "
"list. Then, hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47
msgid ""
"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The "
"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated "
"while the tool is being used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so"
" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use "
"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13
msgid ""
"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. "
"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be "
"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT "
"app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18
msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24
msgid "Link the Printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27
msgid "To Work Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to "
"print labels for manufactured products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32
msgid ""
"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* "
"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work "
"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40
msgid ""
"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a"
" *Print Label* button will appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47
msgid "To Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49
msgid ""
"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, "
"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56
msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61
msgid ""
"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check"
" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on "
"select and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of "
"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically"
" print it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73
msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75
msgid ""
"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts"
" directly from your *PoS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78
msgid ""
"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point"
" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check "
"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the "
"dropdown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86
msgid ""
"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: "
"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89
msgid ""
"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated "
"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92
msgid ""
"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar "
"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the "
"current day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99
msgid ""
"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant"
" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the "
"left panel of the *PoS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107
msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109
msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick "
"*Order Printer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the "
"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the "
"categories of products that should be printed on this printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124
msgid ""
"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected "
"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT "
"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer."
msgstr ""

275
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
View File

@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
# Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2020
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It "
"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers"
" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: "
"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created "
"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to"
" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Live Chat`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21
msgid ""
"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27
msgid "For both scenarios, under:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as "
"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in "
"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33
msgid ""
"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an "
"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is "
"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36
msgid ""
"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. "
"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after "
"users (from any country) land on the contact us page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43
msgid ""
"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s "
"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. "
"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48
msgid "External options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added"
" to your own, under the *Widget* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52
msgid ""
"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a "
"single live chat page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid "Managing chat requests"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61
msgid ""
"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are "
"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in"
" Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69
msgid ""
"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online "
"operators."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72
msgid "Leave or join a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`ratings`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`responses`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr "تقييمات"
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you "
"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your "
"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10
msgid "Customer Rating"
msgstr "تقييم العميل"
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14
msgid ""
"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing "
"for an explanation is shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15
msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22
msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28
msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35
msgid "Make the rating public"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the "
"rating of that channel on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3
msgid "Commands and Canned Responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-"
"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9
msgid "Use commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11
msgid ""
"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13
msgid "**/help**: shows a help message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14
msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15
msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16
msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17
msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18
msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
msgid ""
"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your "
"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
msgid ""
"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26
msgid ""
"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut "
"link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33
msgid ""
"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as"
" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37
msgid "Send canned responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40
msgid ""
"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when "
"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat "
"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41
msgid ""
"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the "
"shortcut word you created."
msgstr ""

1333
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2209
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

381
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po
View File

@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr "أتمتة التسويق"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "متقدم"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr "إطلاق اختبار"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""

42
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "الهاتف المحمول"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr "إظهار إشعارات"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to "
"enable push notifications in the mobile app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""

157
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po
View File

@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../planning.rst:5
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "التخطيط"
#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3
msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5
msgid ""
"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create"
" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high"
" level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9
msgid "Organize your team by roles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to"
" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under "
"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20
msgid "Make shifts recurrent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22
msgid ""
"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you "
"from the need of re-planning it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30
msgid ""
"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is "
"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
"from *Settings*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38
msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41
msgid "Save shifts as templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43
msgid ""
"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the "
"future, click on *Save as a Template*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51
msgid ""
"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Shifts Templates --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55
msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57
msgid ""
"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or "
"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, "
"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you "
"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation "
"time, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3
msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing"
" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you "
"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10
msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include"
" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19
msgid ""
"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish "
"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned "
"tasks:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26
msgid ""
"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29
msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an "
"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I "
"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to "
"take it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44
msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database."
msgstr ""

1650
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

237
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Osama Ahmaro <osamaahmaro@gmail.com>, 2019
# Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2019
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr "بوابة أودو الخاصة بالمستخدم"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
"في هذا الجزء, سوف تجد كل الاتصالات التي حصلت بينك و أودو: مستندات مثل عروض "
"الأسعار , أوامر الأسعار , الفواتير و الإشتراكات"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15
msgid ""
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
"للوصول إلى هذا القسم ، يجب عليك تسجيل الدخول باسم المستخدم وكلمة المرور إلى "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>` _. إذا قمت بتسجيل الدخول من قبل ، فقط "
"انقر على اسمك في الزاوية العلوية اليمنى وحدد \"حسابي\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "عروض الأسعار"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
"ستجد هنا جميع الاقتباسات المرسلة إليك من Odoo. على سبيل المثال ، يمكن إنشاء "
"عرض أسعار لك بعد إضافة تطبيق أو مستخدم إلى قاعدة بياناتك أو إذا كان يجب "
"تجديد العقد."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
"يعرض العمود * صالح حتى * التاريخ الذي يصبح فيه عرض الأسعار صالحًا ؛ بعد هذا "
"التاريخ ، سيكون الاقتباس \"منتهي الصلاحية\". من خلال النقر على عرض الأسعار ،"
" سترى جميع تفاصيل العرض ، مثل التسعير والمعلومات المفيدة الأخرى."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
"إذا كنت تريد قبول عرض السعر ، فما عليك سوى النقر فوق \"قبول والدفع\" ، وسيتم"
" تأكيد عرض الأسعار. إذا كنت لا ترغب في قبوله ، أو تحتاج إلى طلب بعض "
"التعديلات ، فانقر على \"اسأل رفض التغييرات\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "أوامر البيع"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
"سيتم تسجيل جميع مشترياتك داخل أودو (زيادة المبيعات ، والسمات ، والتطبيقات ، "
"وما إلى ذلك) ضمن هذا القسم."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
"بالنقر على أمر البيع ، يمكنك مراجعة تفاصيل المنتجات التي تم شراؤها ومعالجة "
"الدفع."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "الفواتير"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
"سيتم عرض جميع فواتير اشتراكاتك و / أو أوامر المبيعات في هذا القسم. ستشير "
"العلامة الموجودة قبل المبلغ المستحق إلى ما إذا تم دفع الفاتورة."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65
msgid ""
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
"فقط انقر على الفاتورة إذا كنت ترغب في رؤية مزيد من المعلومات ، أو دفع "
"الفاتورة ، أو تنزيل نسخة PDF من المستند."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "تذاكر"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
"عند إرسال تذكرة من خلال `دعم أودو على <https://www.odoo.com/help>` ، سيتم "
"إنشاء تذكرة. هنا يمكنك العثور على جميع التذاكر التي فتحتها ، والمحادثات بينك"
" وبين وكلائنا ، وحالات ومعرفات (# Ref) التذاكر."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "الاشتراكات"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81
msgid ""
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
"يمكنك الوصول إلى اشتراكاتك مع أودو من هذا القسم. تعرض لك الصفحة الأولى "
"الاشتراكات التي لديك وحالتها."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87
msgid ""
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
"بالنقر على الاشتراك ، ستتمكن من الوصول إلى جميع التفاصيل المتعلقة بخطتك: عدد"
" التطبيقات التي تم شراؤها ، ومعلومات الفوترة ، وطريقة الدفع"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91
msgid ""
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
"لتغيير طريقة الدفع ، انقر فوق \"تغيير طريقة الدفع\" وأدخل تفاصيل بطاقة "
"الائتمان الجديدة."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
"إذا كنت ترغب في إزالة بطاقات الائتمان المحفوظة ، يمكنك القيام بذلك عن طريق "
"النقر على \"إدارة طرق الدفع\" في أسفل الصفحة. انقر فوق \"حذف\" لحذف طريقة "
"الدفع."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method "
"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
"في تاريخ الفاتورة التالية ، إذا لم يتم تقديم معلومات الدفع أو إذا انتهت "
"صلاحية بطاقتك الائتمانية ، فستتغير حالة اشتراكك إلى \"تجديد\". سيكون لديك "
"بعد ذلك 7 أيام لتقديم طريقة دفع صالحة. بعد هذا التأخير ، سيتم إغلاق الاشتراك"
" ، ولن تتمكن بعد ذلك من الوصول إلى قاعدة البيانات."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr "حزمة النجاح"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
"مع حزمة النجاح / حزمة النجاح الخاصة بالوكلاء , تقوم أودو بتعيين خبير من "
"الشركة لتوفير الدعم للحلول الخاصة في مسار العمل الخاص بك. ومساعددتك بتحسيين "
"التنفيذ لقاعدة البيانات الخاصة بك. هذه الساعات لا تنتهي أبدا, مما يسمح لك "
"بإستخدامها فيأية وقت تحتاج للدعم ."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
"إذا احتجت معلومات لمعرفة كيفية إدارة قاعدة البينات الخاصة بك: إذهب إلى "
"ref:`db_online`"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121
msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123
msgid ""
"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our "
"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126
msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129
msgid ""
"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information "
"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data "
"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com."
msgstr ""

22
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../practical.rst:3
msgid "Practical Information"
msgstr ""

2584
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1102
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1638
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

471
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po
View File

@ -1,471 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019
# Ali zuaby <ali@zuaby.net>, 2019
# Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2019
# zahi chemaly <zahi@sercotex.net>, 2019
# Ali Alrehawi <alrehawi@hotmail.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Ali Alrehawi <alrehawi@hotmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../quality.rst:5
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "جودة"
#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3
msgid "Alert"
msgstr "تنبيه"
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
msgstr "تكوين تحذير الجودة من طلب التصنيع"
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5
msgid ""
"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to "
"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:"
msgstr ""
"الحديث عن أوامر التصنيع ، لديك وضعين مختلفين تركز عليها في اودو.\n"
"هاذين الوضعين ستنتج في عمليتين مختلفتين"
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8
msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10
msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13
msgid "Simple manufacturing flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15
msgid ""
"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be "
"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product "
"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* "
"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23
msgid ""
"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose "
"during the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29
msgid ""
"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the "
"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50
msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality "
"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality "
"checks took place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48
msgid ""
"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. "
"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that "
"appeared during the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6
msgid "Use the Quality Alert"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8
msgid ""
"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality "
"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically "
"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the "
"problem with the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22
msgid ""
"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the "
"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28
msgid ""
"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under"
" *Control*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "شيكات"
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo "
"processes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8
msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10
msgid ""
"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of"
" routings in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13
msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6
msgid "Create the Quality Control Point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to "
":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to"
" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check "
"you want to perform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17
msgid "Process the Quality Check"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29
msgid ""
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a "
"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the "
"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the "
"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening "
"the quality checks menu, under quality control."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and "
"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. "
"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order "
"operation on which the quality check should be performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
msgid ""
"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality "
"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the "
"type of quality check."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71
msgid ""
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a "
"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to "
"generate the necessary work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78
msgid ""
"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this "
"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table "
"Top component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
msgid ""
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, "
"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, "
"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific "
"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for"
" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button "
"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27
msgid ""
"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be "
"displayed and will require the check value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33
msgid ""
"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding "
"transfer and access it by clicking on the button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39
msgid ""
"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red "
"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by "
"highlighting the corresponding button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46
msgid ""
"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening"
" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control.rst:3
msgid "Control"
msgstr "التتبع"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5
msgid ""
"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. "
"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and "
"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed"
" expectations. It also helps minimize waste."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10
msgid ""
"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality "
"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality "
"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that "
"the company then has to rework or scrap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15
msgid ""
"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With "
"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20
msgid "Quality Control Points"
msgstr "نقاط مراقبة الجودة"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> "
"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which"
" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it "
"takes place also is to be defined here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27
msgid ""
"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the "
"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of "
"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process "
"the quality control point needs to be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take"
" place:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35
msgid ""
"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks"
" to perform;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The "
"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41
msgid ""
"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The "
"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52
msgid ""
"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There "
"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a "
"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58
msgid ""
"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62
msgid "Text"
msgstr "النص"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64
msgid ""
"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the "
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80
msgid "Take a Picture"
msgstr "التقاط صورة"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82
msgid ""
"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a "
"transfer or when manufacturing it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera "
"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102
msgid "Pass-Fail"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific "
"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message "
"giving instructions to follow in case of failure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127
msgid "Take a Measure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129
msgid ""
"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a "
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132
msgid ""
"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements,"
" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good "
"measures can are automatically accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140
msgid ""
"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives "
"instructions to the worker."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools "
"<../../iot/devices/camera>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161
msgid ""
"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the "
"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182
msgid "This type is only available when working with routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176
msgid "Register By-Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178
msgid ""
"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot "
"number of the by-products that are manufactured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193
msgid "Print Label"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195
msgid ""
"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the "
"product during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer "
"<../../iot/devices/printer>`."
msgstr ""

4729
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3080
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

198
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 16:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "الإعدادات"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8
msgid ""
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
"in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
"paying one on our online platform)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click "
"on Archive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
" access the list of your installed applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
" click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
"operations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
"to work properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
msgstr ""

567
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5
msgid ""
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* "
"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in "
"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription "
"preferences)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it"
" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28
msgid ""
"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a "
"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your "
"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a "
"customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "القائمة السوداء"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Campaigns"
msgstr "الحملات"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"enable *Mailing Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17
msgid ""
"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, "
"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under "
"campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36
msgid ""
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41
msgid ""
"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the"
" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select "
"*Send SMS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid "Set up SMS templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63
msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "ابدأ"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid ""
"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive "
"your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the "
"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are "
"allowed to select multiple ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically "
"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, "
"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53
msgid "Send a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid ""
"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific "
"time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61
msgid ""
"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient "
"list is not excessive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer "
"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different "
"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on "
"the *Information* icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
"credit will be lost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
msgid ""
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
msgstr ""

434
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
View File

@ -1,434 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Talal Kamal <tka@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr "التسويق على وسائل التواصل الإجتماعي"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "نظرة عامة"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr "الاتصال بالسوق الخاص بي باستخدام الحملات"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
"سواء كان هدفك هو بيع منتج جديد ، أو شرح قيمة خدماتك أو الإعلان عن حدثك ، "
"تساعدك الحملة على التواصل مع السوق الخاص بك. عادةً ما تتضمن قنوات متعددة ، "
"لذلك من الأساسي أن يكون لديك حل يمكنك من خلاله تخطيط المحتوى الخاص بك "
"وتنفيذه وتتبعه وتحليله."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr "انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `التسويق الاجتماعي -> الحملات -> إنشاء`."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The "
"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
"* الإيرادات *: عدد المستخدمين الذين أنهوا معاملة (مدفوعة) من رابط في المحتوى"
" الخاص بك."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
"* عروض الأسعار *: عدد المستخدمين الذين بدأوا معاملة من رابط من المحتوى الخاص"
" بك ولكن لم ينهوا (لم يدفعوا)"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
"* العملاء المحتملون *: المستخدمون الذين قاموا بملء نموذج الاتصال الخاص بك ، "
"من رابط في المحتوى الخاص بك."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
"لتتمكن من * إرسال بريد جديد * ، تأكد من تمكين الميزة في تطبيق * التسويق عبر "
"البريد الإلكتروني ، ضمن: اختيار القوائم: `التسويق عبر البريد الإلكتروني -> "
"التكوين -> الإعدادات`. لتتمكن من إرسال * رسالة نصية ، يجب تثبيت تطبيق * "
"تسويق بالرسائل النصية * على قاعدة بياناتك."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
"يعمل التسويق الاجتماعي * مدمجًا مع تطبيقات أخرى مثل * المبيعات * و * "
"الفواتير * و * إدارة علاقات العملاء * و * موقع الويب *."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ": مستند: `. / إظهار الإشعرات`"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ": مستند: `. / إدارة الإجتماعي`"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr "تفاعل مع العملاء والزوار من خلال الدردشة الحية"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
"إحدى الطرق التي يمكنك من خلالها بناء علاقات أقوى مع عملائك هي جعل نفسك "
"متاحًا من خلال الدردشة المباشرة. يمكن أن يكون للدردشة الحية تأثير كبير ليس "
"فقط على خدمة العملاء الخاصة بك ، ولكن أيضًا على أداء المبيعات ، حيث إنها "
"تمنح المستخدمين فرصة للتفاعل في الوقت الفعلي والسريع والفعال."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "إعدادات التكوين"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
"انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `الموقع -> التكوين -> الإعدادات -> المحادثة "
"المباشرة` حدد القناة المناسبة وقم بإعدادها."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
"ضمن * قواعد القناة * ، اختر وقت ظهور النافذة المنبثقة للدردشة ، وإجراء "
"لعنوان URL و / أو بلد معين. لاحظ أنه لأخذ البلد في الاعتبار ، يجب تثبيت "
"GeoIP على الخادم الخاص بك."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr "يجب تثبيت تطبيق * Live Chat * على قاعدة بياناتك."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr "راقب زوارك"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
"ضمن قائمة * الزائرون * ، راجع الزائرين الذين وصلوا إلى أحد: ref: "
"`social_marketing / website_tracked_pages` عبر الإنترنت أو بلا اتصال."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
"يمكنك إرسال رسائل بريد إلكتروني (إذا تم حفظ عنوان بريد إلكتروني) ، وإرسال "
"رسائل نصية (إذا تم حفظ رقم هاتف) ، وإرسال إشعار دفع (إذا كان المستخدم "
"مشتركًا فيه) ، وحتى إرسال طلب دردشة مباشرة يكون التي تلقاها المستخدم بمجرد "
"انتقاله إلى صفحة متعقبة."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
"افتح سجلًا لرؤية التفاصيل بما في ذلك الصفحات التي تمت زيارتها والتاريخ "
"والوقت الأول والأخير الذي تم فيه اتصال المستخدم."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
"سيتم مصادقة زوارك عبر الإنترنت إذا كانوا مرتبطين بعميل محتمل أو شريك حالي."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
"إذا كنت لا تستخدم تطبيق * موقع الويب * ، يمكنك إضافة أداة دردشة مباشرة إلى "
"موقع الويب الخاص بك."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr "صفحات تتبع المواقع"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
"لتحديد الصفحات التي يتم تتبعها ، في تطبيق * الموقع * ، انتقل إلى: تحديد "
"القائمة: `الموقع -> التكوين -> الصفحات` وقم بتمكين خيار * تتبع * ، على "
"الصفحات المعنية."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr "إدارة صفحات الوسائط الاجتماعية وإنشاء محتوى"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
"بمجرد أن تكون موجودًا على منصات وسائل التواصل الاجتماعي ، من المهم إبقائها "
"محدثة. ومع ذلك ، قد يبدو هذا كوظيفة بدوام كامل. إن وجود حل يسمح لك بإنشاء "
"جدول زمني وتتبعه والتفاعل معه والتفاعل معه وقياس النتائج يوفر لك الوقت "
"ويساعدك على تنفيذ إستراتيجيتك عبر الإنترنت بنجاح ، من المنشورات إلى النتائج."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr "أضف حسابات وأنشئ خلاصتك"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr "انقر فوق * إضافة دفق * ومنح الأذونات المطلوبة لإضافة حساباتك."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr "يمكنك ربط صفحة الفيس بووك التي أنت المسؤول عنها."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
"ثم يتم إعادة توجيهك إلى * الخلاصة * ويتم إضافة عمود مع المنشورات تلقائيًا."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
"يمكنك بعد ذلك إضافة حسابات و / أو تدفقات جديدة ، مثل إشارات فيسبوك ، وتخصيص "
"طريقة عرض كنبان."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
"ستؤدي إضافة حسابات وسائل التواصل الاجتماعي إلى خلاصتك أيضًا إلى ربط مؤشرات "
"الأداء الرئيسية. لإعادة توجيهك إلى صفحة الإحصائيات الخاصة بحساب التواصل "
"الاجتماعي ، انقر فوق * رؤى *."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr "وصل مع حسب لينكد إن"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
"انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `التسويق الإجتماعي -> التكوين -> وساقئل التواصل "
"الإجتماعي`."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
"لينكدين في إصدار بيتا ، وبالتالي ، الخلاصة غير متوفرة. فقط إنشاء المحتوى."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr "نشر المحتوى"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
"في تطبيق * موقع الويب * ، انتقل إلى: اختيار القائمة: `الموقع -> "
"Configuration -> الإعدادات` وقم بتمكين * إشعارات الدفع الخاصة بالموقع *."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr "اختر تحميل مشاركتك على الفور أو جدولتها."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr "سيؤدي حفظ مشاركتك إلى تطبيق حالة المسودة عليها."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr "نظرة عامة وخطة منشوراتك مع طريقة عرض التقويم"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
"من خلال عرض التقويم ، إلى جانب الحصول على نظرة عامة على يومك أو أسبوعك أو "
"شهرك المخطط له ، يمكنك أيضًا الاطلاع على مشاركاتك المسودة والمجدولة "
"والمنشورة."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr "اسحب وأفلت (المنشورات المجدولة) لتغيير تاريخها المجدول."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
"انقر نقرًا مزدوجًا فوق تاريخ لإنشاء مشاركة مباشرة من * عرض التقويم * ، وانقر"
" فوق مشاركة موجودة لتحريرها."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ": مستند: `./الحملات`"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr "مستند المحادثة المباشرة"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr "إستخدم دفع الويب"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
"ترسل إعلامات Web Push رسائل إلى جهاز المستخدم الخاص بك دون الحاجة إلى أن "
"تكون على موقع الويب الخاص بك ، أو أن تقدم لهم معلومات شخصية. يمكن استخدامها "
"لإعلام المستخدمين بالأخبار والمقالات والمحتوى المنشور والرسائل العملية مثل "
"حركة المرور وتحديثات الطقس ومعلومات الرحلة وتنبيهات المبيعات وكوبونات "
"وتحديثات المنتج."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr "اطلب من المستخدمين الإذن"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
"في تطبيق * موقع الويب * ، انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `الموقع -> التكوين -> "
"الإعدادات` وقم بتمكين * الموقع \" الإشعارات المرسلة *."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
"اختر رسالتك ورمزك ووقت التأخير (وهو وقت الانتظار لعرض طلب الإذن بمجرد وصول "
"المستخدم إلى صفحتك)."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr "إرسال الإشعارات"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr "بشكل فردي"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr "يمكنك إرسال رسائل فردية من خلال القائمة * الزوار *."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr "إلى مجموعة"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
"استهدف شريحة أكبر من خلال تحديد عدة زوار في * عرض القائمة * (على سبيل "
"المثال: جميع الزوار الذين زاروا صفحتك الرئيسية)."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
"يتم الاحتفاظ بسجلات الزوار تحت * الزوار * لمدة أسبوع ، قبل حصول عملية أرشفة."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr "حسب قواعد"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
"أو انتقل إلى: تحديد القائمة: `التسويق عبر وسائل التواصل الإجتماعي -> "
"المشاركات -> إنشاء `. ضمن * خيارات إعلام الويب * ، قم بتطبيق عوامل التصفية "
"لإرسال رسالتك إلى السجلات التي تطابق القواعد التي قمت بتعيينها."
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr "تعمل الميزة فقط مع تطبيق موقع أودو."

454
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -1,454 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
# Osama Ahmaro <osamaahmaro@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Osama Ahmaro <osamaahmaro@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../support.rst:5
msgid "Support"
msgstr "الدعم"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Release date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "|green|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "October 2020"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "غير محدد"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "|orange|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "|red|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:57
msgid "|green| Supported version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63
msgid ""
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
"upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:78
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your"
" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
msgid "Where to find help?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
msgstr "نسخة أودو المدفوعة"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
msgid "your subscription number"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid ""
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
"Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""

2109
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3119
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

12371
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

26
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Ansøgninger"

1156
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

725
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -1,725 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
msgid "Online Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10
msgid ""
"To manage your databases, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then "
"click on the `Manage Your Databases "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
msgid ""
"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to"
" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
msgid "Several actions are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ""
"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
"features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
msgid ""
"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new "
"flows without compromising your daily operations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
msgid "**Backup**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
msgid ""
"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases "
"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid "Contact Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
msgid ""
"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
"database already selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Opgrader"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
msgid "Etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
msgid "Register a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
msgid ""
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
msgid "Registration Error Message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
" Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
msgid ""
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
msgid ""
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
"<duplicate_premise>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
msgid ""
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
msgid "or"
msgstr "eller"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidtools.com>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
msgid ""
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
"in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13
msgid ""
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
"paying one on our online platform)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
"rights.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change"
" to **Inactive** immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
" access the list of your installed applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
" click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
"operations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
"to work properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
msgstr ""

663
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -1,663 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard <hhg@gabelgaard.org>, 2019
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "Beskeder"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
msgid ""
"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
msgid ""
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
"reputation yourself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
"own email solution with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18
msgid ""
"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from "
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation "
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
msgid ""
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
msgid ""
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
" this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
msgid ""
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
"the previous example you should write "
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
msgid ""
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
msgid ""
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
msgid ""
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item "
"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a "
"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a "
"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
"another channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one "
"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using "
"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is "
"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
"they are offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3
msgid "Get organized by planning activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5
msgid ""
"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get "
"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to "
"undertake."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9
msgid ""
"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage"
" your priorities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15
msgid ""
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban "
"views. Here is an example for opportunities :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22
msgid "Set your activity types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24
msgid ""
"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. "
"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29
msgid "Schedule meetings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31
msgid ""
"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with "
"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply "
"open to let you select a time slot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure "
"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40
msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42
msgid ""
"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common "
"following steps as *Recommended next activities*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49
msgid ""
"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. "
"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55
msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
msgid "Creating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
msgid "Configuring a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
msgid "Locating a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
msgid ""
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
"character wildcard.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
"**Project** app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
msgid "How to add other followers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
msgid "How to be a default follower"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
msgid ""
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
"created, an opportunity won)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
"about."
msgstr ""

1359
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

900
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -1,900 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../general.rst:5
msgid "General"
msgstr "Generel"
#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Godkendelse"
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "Data Import"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
msgid "How to adapt an import template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
"etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
msgid "How to customize the file"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
msgid ""
"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
" here below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
msgid ""
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
"corresponding field using the search."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
msgid ""
"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
"work straight away the very next time you try to import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
msgid "Why an “ID” column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
msgid ""
"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel "
"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
msgid ""
"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
msgid ""
"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
"duplicates;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
msgid "How to import relation fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
msgid ""
"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
"their own list menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
msgid "How to start"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)"
" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
" and even orders!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
msgid ""
"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own "
"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
"already done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
msgid "How to adapt the template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
"corresponding field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
"on the very next time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
msgid "How to import from another application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that "
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
msgid ""
"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
"whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
msgid ""
"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior "
"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes "
"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
" default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
"complete list of fields for each column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
msgid "Basics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
msgid "How to add a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
"point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
msgid "Add individual users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
" and a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
msgid ""
"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
msgid "Load your desired language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
msgid ""
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
msgid ""
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
" to change the navigation language on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
msgid "Change your language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
msgid ""
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
msgid "Change another user's language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
msgid ""
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
"language."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
msgid ""
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3
msgid "Unsplash"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5
msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New "
"Application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12
msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17
msgid ""
"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a "
"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22
msgid ""
"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit"
" to find your **access key**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3
msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5
msgid ""
"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this "
"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7
msgid ""
"Go to your `applications dashboard "
"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created "
"Unsplash application under **Your applications**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application "
"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like"
" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17
msgid ""
"Note that if you `apply for a production account "
"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it "
"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be "
"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page."
msgstr ""

472
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -1,472 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
msgid ""
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
msgid ""
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid ""
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
"practices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
msgid ""
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
"testing of functionalities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "2. Project Scope"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
msgid ""
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
"project implementation is pursuing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
msgid ""
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
" clear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
"the implementation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
msgid ""
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
"experiment of the standard in production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
msgid "3. Managing expectations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
msgid ""
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
" account from the beginning of the project:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
msgid ""
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
"check that this is still the case."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
"to pursue this same objective."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
msgid ""
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
"tools\\* :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
msgid ""
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
msgid ""
"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: "
"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, "
"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant"
" who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
msgid ""
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
"lines of expected changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
msgid ""
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
" the changes related to the interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
msgid ""
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
msgid ""
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
msgid ""
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
"follow those principles:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
msgid ""
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
" manager are clearly defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
msgid ""
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
msgid ""
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
msgid ""
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
"reached;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
msgid ""
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
msgid ""
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
msgid ""
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
msgid ""
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
"business processes of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
msgid ""
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
"needs of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid ""
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
"requirements of the operational reality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
msgid ""
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
"noted gap is caused by:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
msgid "**or**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid "7. Data Imports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
msgid ""
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
"it will be decided :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
msgid ""
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
msgid ""
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
" import will be made before the production launch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
msgid ""
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253
msgid "8. Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""

397
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -1,397 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Helpdesk"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19
msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21
msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26
msgid ""
"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32
msgid ""
"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
" or manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
"the lower right-hand side."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
msgid ""
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
msgid ""
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
msgid ""
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
msgid ""
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
msgid ""
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
msgid ""
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
msgid ""
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
msgid ""
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
msgid ""
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
msgid ""
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
msgid ""
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
msgid ""
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
msgid "Red - Blocked"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
msgid ""
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
"Ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
msgid ""
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
"timesheets will log against."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
msgid ""
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
msgid ""
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
"ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
msgid ""
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance "
"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
msgid "The modules needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are "
"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
msgid ""
"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to "
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that "
"the *Timesheets* feature is activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
"it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an "
"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to"
" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have "
"previously created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
msgid ""
"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the"
" *Units of Measure* feature is activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. "
"Make sure that the product is set as a service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ""
"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any "
"unit will do."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66
msgid ""
"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following "
"configuration :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
msgid ""
"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from "
"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> "
"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously"
" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm "
"the sale."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
msgid ""
"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new "
"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with"
" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question"
" and select the task on its form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
msgid ""
"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours "
"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
"*Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
msgid ""
"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
msgid ""
"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that"
" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now "
"appear as the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125
msgid ""
"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
msgstr ""

22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr ""

7707
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

366
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
View File

@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../iot.rst:5
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28
msgid "Then click on the Scan button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34
msgid "WiFi Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38
msgid "Copy the token"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
"plugged in your computer)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
"and paste the token, then click on next."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57
msgid ""
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63
msgid ""
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
"redirected to your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13
msgid "An IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15
msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19
msgid ""
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
"installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24
msgid ""
"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer "
"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28
msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30
msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35
msgid "Set Up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37
msgid ""
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
"your database. For this, follow this `documentation "
"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46
msgid ""
"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware"
" might work as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50
msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53
msgid ""
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
"RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56
msgid ""
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be "
"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter "
"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of "
"your barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64
msgid ""
"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. "
"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS "
"device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68
msgid ""
"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure "
"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi "
"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available "
"on boot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73
msgid ""
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the"
" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80
msgid "Troubleshoot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83
msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85
msgid ""
"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on"
" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error"
" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no "
"receipt is printed, check the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91
msgid ""
"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status "
"LED."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94
msgid ""
"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green "
"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be "
"ready ~2 minutes after it is started."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98
msgid ""
"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. "
"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected "
"devices on your network router."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102
msgid ""
"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it"
" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106
msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108
msgid ""
"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from "
"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in"
" the POS configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115
msgid ""
"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after "
"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. "
"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120
msgid ""
"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If "
"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has "
"enough power."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124
msgid ""
"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work"
" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug"
" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129
msgid ""
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
"IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134
msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136
msgid ""
"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode "
"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140
msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142
msgid ""
"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do "
"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays "
"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS "
"and the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148
msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150
msgid ""
"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently "
"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155
msgid "The printer is offline"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157
msgid ""
"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its "
"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please "
"contact support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164
msgid ""
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in"
" the POS configuration."
msgstr ""

198
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
View File

@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "Live Chat"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
msgid ""
"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website "
"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will "
"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way,"
" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You "
"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is "
"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
msgid ""
"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\""
" and then click on install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
msgid ""
"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, "
"operators can easily join and leave the chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically "
"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
msgid ""
"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and "
"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the "
"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
msgid ""
"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, "
"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language "
"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company"
" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
"of time it takes for the chat to appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
msgid ""
"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed"
" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
" through the live chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
msgid "Start chatting with customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
msgid ""
"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel "
"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on "
"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
msgid ""
"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
msgid ""
"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the "
"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, "
"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
msgid ""
"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch "
"sessions randomly between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
msgid "Use commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
msgid ""
"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access "
"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
"into the chat. The following actions are available :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
msgid ""
"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was "
"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
"The same goes for the creation of a lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
msgid "Send canned responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
msgid ""
"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you "
"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of "
"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> "
"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then,"
" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
"assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
msgid ""
"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
"visitors, enjoy !"
msgstr ""

522
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
View File

@ -1,522 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2019
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Produktion"
#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
"describe multiple variants of the same product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35
msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
msgid ""
"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
msgid ""
"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
msgid ""
"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58
msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
"primary product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
msgid ""
"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
msgid ""
"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid ""
"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
"subassembly is created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
msgid ""
"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
"subassembly as you would for any product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
msgid ""
"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
"effect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
"variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
"their default values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
"will appear in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
"stock management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
" order rather than a packing operation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduktion"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
"work orders and routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
msgid ""
"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
msgid "Record Production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
msgid ""
"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
msgid ""
"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
" step of scheduling work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3
msgid "Unbuild a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be "
"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can"
" unbuild products you have received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9
msgid ""
"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one "
"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead "
"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14
msgid ""
"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of "
"unbuilding them and recycling them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18
msgid "Unbuild Order"
msgstr "Ikke færdige ordrer"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20
msgid ""
"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the"
" menu *Unbuild Orders*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26
msgid ""
"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding "
"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding "
"something you received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33
msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35
msgid ""
"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the "
"components from the MO back in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the "
"BoM back in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt"
#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5
msgid "Repair Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3
msgid "Repair products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process "
"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a "
"defect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10
msgid "Create a Repair Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a "
"new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19
msgid "Manage a repair"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21
msgid ""
"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*."
" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the "
"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you"
" might need, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29
msgid ""
"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your "
"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be "
"able to start & end the repair when it is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36
msgid "You can now invoice the repair."
msgstr ""

120
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
View File

@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "Mobil"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API "
"key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or "
"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android "
"app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18
msgid ""
"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22
msgid "Firebase Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25
msgid "Create a new project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27
msgid ""
"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to "
"`https://console.firebase.google.com "
"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34
msgid ""
"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create "
"project**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37
msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43
msgid "Add an app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45
msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50
msgid ""
"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will "
"not work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56
msgid ""
"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and "
"skip the fourth step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60
msgid "Get generated API key"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62
msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67
msgid ""
"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** "
"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76
msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging."
msgstr ""

1370
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

169
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2018
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "Tilbud"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "Salgsordre"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "Fakturaer"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "Opgaver"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Abonnementer"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""

22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../practical.rst:3
msgid "Practical Information"
msgstr ""

1595
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2004
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1404
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1392
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

8
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../applications.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Applications"

1036
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1551
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

776
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -1,776 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "Diskussion"
#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Fortgeschritten"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6
msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8
msgid ""
"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your "
"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11
msgid ""
"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the"
" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16
msgid "Scope of this documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18
msgid ""
"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't "
"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, "
"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25
msgid ""
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system "
"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can "
"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's "
"reputation yourself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your "
"own email solution with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34
msgid ""
"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from "
"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation "
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53
msgid ""
"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` "
"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less "
"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here "
"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57
msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in "
"`Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108
msgid "Restriction"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109
msgid ""
"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587,"
" 465 or 2525."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135
msgid "etc."
msgstr "usw."
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to "
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165
msgid ""
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3
msgid "Email Templates"
msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen"
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but "
"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is "
"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email "
"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple "
"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, "
"improving their overall experience with the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12
msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14
msgid ""
"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be "
"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18
msgid ""
"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates "
"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this "
"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to "
"job applicants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To "
"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the "
"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32
msgid ""
"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one "
"with the highest priority is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent,"
" saving space in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37
msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you "
"would like to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the "
"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52
msgid ""
"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily"
" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before "
"sending it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Discuss"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together "
"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, "
"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout"
" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and "
"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11
msgid "Choose your notifications preference"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13
msgid ""
"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter "
"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, "
"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent "
"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23
msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29
msgid ""
"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the"
" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37
msgid "Start Chatting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39
msgid ""
"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message "
"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If "
"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite"
" of where you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49
msgid ""
"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of"
" your browser."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51
msgid ""
"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to "
"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62
msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65
msgid ""
"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter "
"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel,"
" type *#channel-name*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67
msgid ""
"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or "
"through email, depending on his settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74
msgid ""
"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values "
"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers "
"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the "
"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the"
" scope of the search becomes all partners."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80
msgid "Chat status"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82
msgid ""
"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can "
"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the "
"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging "
"menu*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86
msgid "Green = online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87
msgid "Orange = away"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88
msgid "White = offline"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89
msgid "Airplane = out of the office"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97
msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65
msgid ":doc:`team_communication`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3
msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you "
"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to "
"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance "
"of having overlapping actions between team members."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10
msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12
msgid ""
"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the "
"*Activities* menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20
msgid "Plan activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22
msgid ""
"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter "
"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or "
"through Kanban views."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31
msgid "Set your activity types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33
msgid ""
"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, "
"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure"
" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46
msgid "Recommend next activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48
msgid ""
"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set "
"*Recommended Next Activities*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and"
" next steps are suggested to you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115
msgid ":doc:`get_started`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the "
"latest developments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10
msgid "Public and Private channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only "
"visible to users invited to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used "
"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a "
"specific department)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26
msgid "Configuration options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by"
" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36
msgid "Privacy and Members"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40
msgid ""
"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control "
"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* "
"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would"
" a public one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42
msgid ""
"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your "
"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on "
"*Invite*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* "
"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while "
"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto "
"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they "
"are part of the group."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55
msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57
msgid ""
"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that "
"messages will need to be approved before being sent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you"
" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67
msgid ""
"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions"
" to newcomers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73
msgid ""
"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* "
"messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80
msgid ""
"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of "
"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83
msgid ""
"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email "
"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91
msgid "Quick search bar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if "
"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a "
"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations"
" and quickly find the one you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103
msgid "Finding channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106
msgid ""
"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public "
"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108
msgid ""
"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function "
"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a "
"single character."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116
msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`"
msgstr ""

824
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -1,824 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2019
# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2019
# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
msgid "eCommerce"
msgstr "eCommerce"
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Beginnen"
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
msgid "Product Catalog"
msgstr "Produktkatalog"
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
msgid ""
"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13
msgid ""
"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, "
"website categories, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20
msgid "Highlight a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22
msgid ""
"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make "
"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop"
" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26
msgid ""
"See how to do it: "
"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29
msgid "Quick add to cart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31
msgid ""
"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by "
"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description "
"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: "
"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description "
"better)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3
msgid "How to build a product page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5
msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7
msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12
msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17
msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22
msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26
msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28
msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31
msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32
msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3
msgid "Manage my products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
msgid "How to display several images per product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
"the image into a carrousel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
msgid ""
"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
msgid ""
"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3
msgid "How to show product availability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure "
"your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10
msgid ""
"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select "
"an option in *Availability*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16
msgid ""
"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery "
"delay, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22
msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25
msgid ""
"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it "
"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage product variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your "
"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt "
"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer "
"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
"available options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: "
"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20
msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22
msgid ""
"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, "
"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
"are 2 values for 1 attribute."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
msgid "How to edit variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32
msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40
msgid "You can edit following data:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42
msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43
msgid "Barcode,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44
msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45
msgid "Volume,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46
msgid "Weight,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47
msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50
msgid ""
"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need "
"to populate them once the variants generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54
msgid ""
"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> "
"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
"variants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60
msgid ""
"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
msgid ""
"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
"attribute value is selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
msgid ""
"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer "
"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
msgid ""
"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
"list. You can reactivate them the same way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
msgid "Maximize my revenue"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3
msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5
msgid ""
"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch "
"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
"functionalities:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9
msgid ""
"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14
msgid ""
"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
"reviews the cart before paying."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26
msgid ""
"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case "
"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several "
"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
"suggested accessories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
msgid ""
"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for "
"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
msgid "To publish optional products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
msgid ""
"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the "
"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
"up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
msgid ""
"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9
msgid "let the customer choose the currency."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11
msgid ""
"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
msgid ""
"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
msgid "Currency selector"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
msgid ""
"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose "
"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
"drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
msgid ""
"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Einrichtung"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
" on formula* for *Sale Price*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a"
" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
"code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
msgid ""
"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* "
"prices get automatically updated in the cart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33
msgid ""
"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can "
"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
msgid "How to enable comments & rating"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5
msgid ""
"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust "
"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow "
"your customer to share their feedback!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15
msgid ""
"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
"page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21
msgid ""
"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do "
"so (see Portal documentation)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25
msgid "Review the posts in real time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27
msgid ""
"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product "
"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34
msgid ""
"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as "
"follower."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36
msgid ""
"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in "
"the product discussion thread)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43
msgid "Moderate & unpublish"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail "
"form or on the web page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48
msgid ""
"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* "
"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56
msgid "..tip::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55
msgid ""
"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*"
" smart button (and vice versa)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3
msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5
msgid ""
"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products "
"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more"
" time browsing your catalog."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12
msgid "To do so:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14
msgid ""
"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail "
"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your "
"customers will be confused."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20
msgid ""
"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web "
"page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
msgid ""
"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no "
"time. The topics follow the buying process:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13
msgid "Product Page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14
msgid "Shop Page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Preiskalkulation"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
msgid "Taxes"
msgstr "Steuern"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
msgid "Checkout process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18
msgid "Upselling & cross-selling"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
msgid "Payment"
msgstr "Zahlung"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3
msgid "Launch my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3
msgid "Get paid"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a"
" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on "
"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12
msgid "What are the payment status"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13
msgid ""
"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18
msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need "
"to authorize it from the acquirer interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23
msgid ""
"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo,"
" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the"
" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28
msgid ""
"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been "
"confirmed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to "
"retry the payment. The order is still in draft."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer "
"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37
msgid ""
"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, "
"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such "
"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44
msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46
msgid ""
"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically "
"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice "
"orders straight on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54
msgid ""
"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in "
"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically "
"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank "
"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you"
" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That "
"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books "
"until you get paid into your bank account (see "
":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63
msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
msgid ""
"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once "
"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
"only available with Authorize.net."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71
msgid ""
"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
"*Capture Transaction*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77
msgid ""
"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
"interfaces, not from Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5
msgid ""
"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer "
"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are"
" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and "
"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup "
"process before buying something."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
msgid "Sign up"
msgstr "Registrieren"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
msgid ""
"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the "
"order from order confirmation email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23
msgid "Customer account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25
msgid ""
"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*"
" in the login dropdown menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31
msgid ""
"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be "
"modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37
msgid ""
"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they "
"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
msgid "Collect taxes"
msgstr ""

289
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po
View File

@ -1,289 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr "E-Mail-Marketing"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr "Arbeiten mit E-Mail-Empfängerlisten"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5
msgid ""
"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as "
"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and"
" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid "Create mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34
msgid "Contacts"
msgstr "Kontakte"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43
msgid ""
"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the "
"contact is or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr "Abmeldungen und Blacklisten verwalten"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is "
"redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28
msgid ""
"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you "
"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be "
"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to"
" a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses are shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr "Marketing E-Mails verschicken und Kampagnen verwalten"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr "Richtigen Empfängerkreis auswählen und Nachricht erstellen"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or "
"contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr "Mailing testen, senden oder planen"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. "
"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"deletes the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56
msgid ""
"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* "
"column in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the "
"*queue* column in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, "
"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have "
"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically "
"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of"
" this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
msgstr ""

345
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
View File

@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr "Aufwand"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8
msgid "How to set expense types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9
msgid ""
"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed "
"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* "
"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on "
"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the "
"real cost per expense."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17
msgid "Here are some examples to configure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19
msgid "Restaurant:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27
msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22
msgid "Travel with Personal Car:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24
msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25
msgid "Hotel:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29
msgid "Others:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31
msgid "Cost: 0.0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33
msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That"
" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is "
"usually the expected behaviour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
msgid ""
"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense "
"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased "
"in different units of measure (advanced)*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48
msgid "How to record expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manuell"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53
msgid ""
"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses "
"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59
msgid ""
"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with "
"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of "
"hotel nights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62
msgid "Enter the expense date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63
msgid ""
"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if "
"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65
msgid ""
"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan "
"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and "
"the accountant validate it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73
msgid "In one click from emails"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74
msgid ""
"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a "
"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77
msgid ""
"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in "
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* "
"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee "
"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83
msgid ""
"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the "
"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in "
"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88
msgid "How to submit expenses to managers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90
msgid ""
"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end "
"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My "
"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and"
" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly "
"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to "
"approve it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button "
"on the form view of an expense."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103
msgid ""
"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses "
"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108
msgid "How to approve expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110
msgid ""
"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from"
" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. "
"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117
msgid ""
"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as "
"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123
msgid ""
"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team "
"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those "
"employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131
msgid "How to post expenses in accounting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133
msgid ""
"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to"
" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to "
"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to"
" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have "
"following access rights:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139
msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser"
msgstr "Buchhaltung: Buchhalter oder Berater"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140
msgid "Expenses: Manager"
msgstr "Spesen: Manager"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143
msgid ""
"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get"
" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to "
"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in"
" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person "
"is using Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150
msgid "How to reimburse employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152
msgid ""
"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in "
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To "
"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156
msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163
msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165
msgid ""
"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your"
" customers automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Einrichtung"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171
msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173
msgid ""
"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all "
"your Expense types:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176
msgid ""
"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179
msgid ""
"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses "
"quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182
msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184
msgid ""
"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191
msgid "Create an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193
msgid ""
"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered "
"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be "
"added automatically once posted by the accountant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198
msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204
msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206
msgid ""
"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on"
" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees"
" are already able to set one when submitting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213
msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216
msgid "Invoice expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218
msgid ""
"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically "
"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226
msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)."
msgstr ""

20666
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po → locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

393
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
# Robert Förster <robert.jun@foerster.co.at>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Förster <robert.jun@foerster.co.at>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../fsm.rst:5
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr "Außendienst"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Kundendienst"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will "
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr "Verkauf"
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr "Arbeitsblätter"
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

1670
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

381
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
msgid ""
"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack "
"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
msgid ""
"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate "
"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person"
" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the"
" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid ""
"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From"
" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency"
" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good "
"practices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25
msgid ""
"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible"
" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention "
"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business "
"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the "
"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise "
"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an"
" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are"
" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those "
"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional "
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
"testing of functionalities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "2. Project Scope"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
msgid ""
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
"project implementation is pursuing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
msgid ""
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of "
"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more"
" clear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This "
"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in "
"the implementation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
msgid ""
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard "
"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project"
" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid "
"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software "
"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an "
"experiment of the standard in production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
msgid "3. Managing expectations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
msgid ""
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
" account from the beginning of the project:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
msgid ""
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo "
"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time "
"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly "
"check that this is still the case."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
msgid ""
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs "
"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an"
" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the "
"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining "
"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio "
"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be "
"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a "
"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed "
"to pursue this same objective."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
msgid ""
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of "
"tools\\* :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
msgid ""
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
msgid ""
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
msgid ""
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
"lines of expected changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
msgid ""
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
" the changes related to the interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
msgid ""
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the "
"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without "
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
msgid ""
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
msgid ""
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to "
"follow those principles:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
msgid ""
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project "
"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be "
"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the"
" manager are clearly defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
msgid ""
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
msgid ""
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
msgid ""
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
"reached;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
msgid ""
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
msgid ""
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
msgid ""
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant "
"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an"
" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted "
"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid "
"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties."
" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development "
"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see "
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
msgid ""
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator"
" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the "
"business processes of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
msgid ""
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
"needs of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid ""
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the "
"requirements of the operational reality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
msgid ""
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
"noted gap is caused by:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
msgid "**or**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid "7. Data Imports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
msgid ""
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, "
"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, "
"it will be decided :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
msgid ""
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
msgid ""
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information "
"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the"
" import will be made before the production launch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
msgid ""
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the "
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253
msgid "8. Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
msgid ""
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""

881
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -1,881 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019
# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Kundendienst"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Fortgeschritten"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3
msgid "After Sales Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5
msgid ""
"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team "
"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is "
"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage"
" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite "
"interventions from a ticket’s page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11
msgid "Set up the after sales services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and "
"Onsite Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
msgstr "Gutschriften aus Tickets generieren"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22
msgid ""
"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For"
" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and "
"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
msgstr "Produktrückgaben von Tickets zulassen"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32
msgid ""
"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is"
" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41
msgid ""
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or "
"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on "
"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50
msgid ""
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is"
" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59
msgid ""
"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite "
"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* "
"application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
msgid "Forum and eLearning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
msgid "Forum"
msgstr "Forum"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
msgid ""
"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
"community!)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
"enable *Help Center*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
msgid ""
"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
"allowed per question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
msgid ""
"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
msgid ""
"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
"the ticket's page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
msgid "eLearning"
msgstr "eLearning"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
msgid ""
"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *eLearning*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
msgid ""
"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
msgid ""
"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
"Course*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Zu erledigen"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid ""
"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
"AVAILABLE!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they"
" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful "
"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline,"
" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10
msgid "Set up teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12
msgid ""
"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14
msgid ""
"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels "
"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, "
"accounting, admin, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21
msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23
msgid ""
"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get "
"redirected to the right person:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26
msgid ""
"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage "
"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28
msgid ""
"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. "
"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens "
"automatically;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of "
"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure "
"that all tickets get to be taken care of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team "
"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include "
"all employees (with the proper access rights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43
msgid ""
"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access "
"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only "
"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees "
"(with the proper access rights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46
msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48
msgid ""
"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams "
"to use certain stages under *Team*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55
msgid ""
"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt "
"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and "
"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64
msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr "Bewertungen"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to "
"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence"
" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve"
" the quality of your services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email "
"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21
msgid ""
"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to "
"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit"
" Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28
msgid ""
"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, "
"an email is sent to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35
msgid ""
"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` "
"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main "
"dashboard, and through *Reporting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39
msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk"
" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51
msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Start Receiving Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you "
"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves."
" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it "
"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11
msgid "Channels options to submit tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and "
"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your "
"users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21
msgid "Email Alias"
msgstr "E-Mail Alias"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24
msgid ""
"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email "
"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and "
"the content is shown in the Chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26
msgid ""
"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from "
"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias "
"Domain*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35
msgid ""
"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo "
"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email "
"server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39
msgid "Website Form"
msgstr "Website Formular"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41
msgid ""
"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on"
" *Go to Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49
msgid ""
"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by "
"clicking on *Unpublished*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "Live-Chat"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59
msgid ""
"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can "
"be instantly created and redirected to the right person."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61
msgid ""
"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* "
"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command "
"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72
msgid "Prioritize tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74
msgid ""
"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the"
" top of your list on the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77
msgid "1 star = *Low priority*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78
msgid "2 stars = *High priority*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79
msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`sla`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3
msgid "Reports for a Better Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5
msgid ""
"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting "
"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, "
"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s "
"expectations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10
msgid "Cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12
msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14
msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17
msgid ""
"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the "
"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19
msgid ""
"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous "
"Period* or a *Previous Year*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25
msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27
msgid ""
"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order "
"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how"
" many requests they are able to handle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35
msgid ""
"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37
msgid ""
"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and "
"ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39
msgid ""
"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close "
"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want "
"their issues to be handled quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48
msgid "Save filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50
msgid ""
"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every"
" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures "
"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3
msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5
msgid ""
"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers "
"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and "
"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, "
"and when."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10
msgid "Create your policies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13
msgid ""
"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like "
"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration "
"--> Helpdesk Teams`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15
msgid ""
"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23
msgid ""
"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**"
" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27
msgid ""
"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to"
" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a "
"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If "
"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all"
" SLAs is the one considered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29
msgid ""
"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and "
"the deadline field is not shown anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37
msgid "SLA Analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply"
" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and"
" keep track of upcoming deadlines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3
msgid "Timesheet and Invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales "
"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, "
"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the "
"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your "
"customer needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14
msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create"
" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time "
"Reinvoicing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
msgid ""
"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created"
" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be "
"ultimately modified on each ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28
msgid "Step 2: Set up a service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as "
"the unit of measure of your service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit"
" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40
msgid ""
"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid ""
"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of "
"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours "
"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales"
" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, "
"automating the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53
msgid ""
"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow "
"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs "
"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the "
"time spent on a ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58
msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61
msgid "Step 1: Place an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the "
"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who "
"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the "
"customer and *Confirm* the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72
msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74
msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82
msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84
msgid ""
"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the "
"task created by the confirmation of the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92
msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94
msgid ""
"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under "
"the *Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100
msgid ""
"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*"
" column in the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108
msgid ""
"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on "
"the dedicated task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111
msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112
msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
msgid ""
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15
msgid ""
"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and "
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
msgid ""
"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under"
" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
msgstr ""

16
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -1,19 +1,15 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -21,10 +17,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
msgid "Index"
#: ../../content/index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo Documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr "Odoo Benutzer-Dokumentation"

6547
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

9878
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

794
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
View File

@ -1,794 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../iot.rst:5
msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config.rst:3
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3
msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5
msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10
msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15
msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21
msgid "Ethernet Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables"
" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26
msgid "Power on the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28
msgid ""
"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the "
"IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32
msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35
msgid ""
"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection "
"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the"
" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40
msgid "WiFi Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42
msgid "Power on the IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44
msgid "Copy the token"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48
msgid ""
"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable "
"plugged in your computer)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53
msgid ""
"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect "
"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) "
"and paste the token, then click on next."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60
msgid ""
"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token "
"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-"
"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become "
"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66
msgid ""
"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if "
"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being "
"redirected to your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72
msgid "You should now see the IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78
msgid "IoT Box Schema"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3
msgid "Flashing your SD Card"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from"
" our latest updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9
msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. "
"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade "
"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself "
"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18
msgid ""
"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the "
"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25
msgid "Upgrade with Etcher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27
msgid ""
"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. "
"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install "
"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly "
"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just "
"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. "
"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3
msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11
msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13
msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15
msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17
msgid ""
"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps "
"installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20
msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22
msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24
msgid ""
"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash "
"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of "
"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30
msgid "Set Up"
msgstr "Einrichten"
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32
msgid ""
"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to "
"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36
msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the "
"network and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41
msgid ""
"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an "
"RJ25 cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode"
" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character "
"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode "
"scanner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49
msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51
msgid ""
"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. "
"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by "
"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56
msgid ""
"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please"
" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation "
"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in "
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and"
" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68
msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6
msgid "IoT Box Connection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9
msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11
msgid ""
"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT "
"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14
msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16
msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18
msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20
msgid ""
"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's "
"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23
msgid ""
"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or "
"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will"
" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see "
":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box "
"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to"
" the micro-USB port."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33
msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35
msgid ""
"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if "
"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your "
"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that "
"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't "
"use a multi-database environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42
msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44
msgid ""
"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on"
" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local "
"network."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Drucker"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52
msgid "My printer is not detected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54
msgid ""
"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT "
"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60
msgid ""
"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers "
"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you "
"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66
msgid "My printer outputs random text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68
msgid ""
"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and "
"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might "
"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random "
"characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73
msgid ""
"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box "
"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select "
"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify "
"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to "
"your printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83
msgid ""
"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a "
"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88
msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90
msgid ""
"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is "
"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, "
"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by "
"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer "
"mode and look for the corresponding template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97
msgid "Barcode Scanner"
msgstr "Barcode Lesegerät"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100
msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102
msgid ""
"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. "
"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode "
"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device "
"and select the correct one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid ""
"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale "
"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character"
" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115
msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
msgid ""
"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode "
"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the "
"IoT Box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
msgid "Cashdrawer"
msgstr "Kassenschublade"
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
msgid "The cashdrawer does not open"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* "
"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3
msgid "Devices"
msgstr "Geräte"
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Camera"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can"
" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you "
"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. "
"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality "
"control point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11
msgid "Connection"
msgstr "Verbindung"
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14
msgid ""
"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17
msgid ""
"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as "
"soon as it is connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25
msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34
msgid "With the Manufacturing app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30
msgid ""
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control "
"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open "
"the control point you want to link with the camera."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34
msgid ""
"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown "
"list. Now, hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40
msgid ""
"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the "
"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before"
" will allow you to take a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Footswitch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5
msgid ""
"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using "
"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8
msgid ""
"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform "
"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be "
"configured in a few steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15
msgid ""
"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect"
" the two by cable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18
msgid ""
"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-"
"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be "
"automatically detected when connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26
msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28
msgid ""
"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a "
"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add "
"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and"
" also add a key to trigger it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36
msgid ""
"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order "
"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, "
"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41
msgid ""
"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are "
"correctly connected to the footswitch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your "
"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10
msgid "Connect in USB"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12
msgid ""
"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, "
"and the device should appear in your Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19
msgid "Connect in Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21
msgid ""
"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further "
"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the "
"device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25
msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31
msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36
msgid ""
"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control "
"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* "
"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41
msgid ""
"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown "
"list. Then, hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47
msgid ""
"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The "
"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated "
"while the tool is being used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3
msgid "Connect a Printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5
msgid ""
"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so"
" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use "
"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13
msgid ""
"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. "
"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be "
"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT "
"app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18
msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24
msgid "Link the Printer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27
msgid "To Work Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to "
"print labels for manufactured products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32
msgid ""
"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* "
"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work "
"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40
msgid ""
"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a"
" *Print Label* button will appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47
msgid "To Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49
msgid ""
"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, "
"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56
msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61
msgid ""
"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check"
" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on "
"select and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of "
"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically"
" print it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73
msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75
msgid ""
"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts"
" directly from your *PoS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78
msgid ""
"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point"
" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check "
"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the "
"dropdown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86
msgid ""
"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: "
"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89
msgid ""
"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated "
"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92
msgid ""
"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar "
"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the "
"current day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99
msgid ""
"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant"
" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the "
"left panel of the *PoS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107
msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen"
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109
msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick "
"*Order Printer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the "
"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the "
"categories of products that should be printed on this printer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124
msgid ""
"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected "
"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT "
"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer."
msgstr ""

274
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
View File

@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It "
"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers"
" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: "
"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created "
"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to"
" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Live Chat`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21
msgid ""
"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27
msgid "For both scenarios, under:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as "
"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in "
"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33
msgid ""
"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an "
"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is "
"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36
msgid ""
"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. "
"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after "
"users (from any country) land on the contact us page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43
msgid ""
"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s "
"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. "
"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48
msgid "External options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added"
" to your own, under the *Widget* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52
msgid ""
"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a "
"single live chat page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid "Managing chat requests"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61
msgid ""
"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are "
"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in"
" Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69
msgid ""
"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online "
"operators."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72
msgid "Leave or join a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`ratings`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`responses`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr "Bewertungen"
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you "
"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your "
"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10
msgid "Customer Rating"
msgstr "Kundenbewertung"
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14
msgid ""
"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing "
"for an explanation is shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15
msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22
msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28
msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35
msgid "Make the rating public"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the "
"rating of that channel on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3
msgid "Commands and Canned Responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-"
"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9
msgid "Use commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11
msgid ""
"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13
msgid "**/help**: shows a help message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14
msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15
msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16
msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17
msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18
msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
msgid ""
"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your "
"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
msgid ""
"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26
msgid ""
"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut "
"link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33
msgid ""
"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as"
" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37
msgid "Send canned responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40
msgid ""
"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when "
"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat "
"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41
msgid ""
"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the "
"shortcut word you created."
msgstr ""

1333
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2138
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

382
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po
View File

@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr "Marketing-Automatisierung"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Fortgeschritten"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr "Kennzahlen verstehen"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
"Kennzahlen sind Werte die Ihnen dabei helfen Fortschritt zu messen. Sie "
"können ein mächtiges Werkzeug sein, um Ihre Mitarbeiter dabei zu "
"unterstützen ihre Ziele zu erreichen."
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr "20 Datensätze erfüllen die Bedingungen."
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ":doc:`../overview/test`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ":doc:`segment`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr "Mit Filtern arbeiten"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr "Anwendungsfälle"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr "Test starten und eine Kampagne beginnen"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr "Einen Test starten"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr "Klicke auf *Einen Test starten*."
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""

43
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
View File

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "Mobil"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr "Mitteilungen"
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to "
"enable push notifications in the mobile app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""

159
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po
View File

@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../planning.rst:5
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "Planung"
#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3
msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5
msgid ""
"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create"
" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high"
" level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9
msgid "Organize your team by roles"
msgstr "Organisieren Sie ihr Team nach Rollen"
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to"
" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under "
"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20
msgid "Make shifts recurrent"
msgstr "Sich wiederholende Schichten erstellen"
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22
msgid ""
"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you "
"from the need of re-planning it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30
msgid ""
"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is "
"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
"from *Settings*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38
msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41
msgid "Save shifts as templates"
msgstr "Schichten als Vorlage speichern"
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43
msgid ""
"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the "
"future, click on *Save as a Template*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51
msgid ""
"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Shifts Templates --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55
msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week"
msgstr "Planung von der Vorwoche duplizieren"
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57
msgid ""
"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or "
"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, "
"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you "
"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation "
"time, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3
msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing"
" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you "
"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10
msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email"
msgstr "Wochenplanung veröffentlichen und per E-Mail versenden"
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include"
" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19
msgid ""
"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish "
"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned "
"tasks:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26
msgid ""
"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published."
msgstr ""
"Unveröffentlichte Schichten können durch Mitarbeiter nicht eingesehen "
"werden."
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29
msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts"
msgstr "Mitarbeitern gestatten, sich aus Schichten auszutragen."
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an "
"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I "
"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to "
"take it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44
msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database."
msgstr ""

1632
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

222
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2019
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr "Mein Odoo-Portal"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
"In diesem Bereich des Portals finden Sie die gesamte Kommunikation zwischen "
"Ihnen und Odoo: Dokumente wie Angebote, Kundenaufträge, Rechnungen und "
"Abonnements."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15
msgid ""
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "Angebote"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
"Hier finden Sie alle Zitate, die Ihnen von Odoo zugesandt wurden. "
"Beispielsweise kann ein Angebot für Sie erstellt werden, wenn Sie eine "
"Anwendung oder einen Benutzer in Ihre Datenbank aufnehmen oder wenn Ihr "
"Vertrag verlängert werden muss."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the "
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
"Die Spalte *Gültig bis* zeigt das Datum, bis zu dem das Zitat gültig ist; "
"nach diesem Datum wird das Zitat \"Verfallen\". Wenn Sie auf das Angebot "
"klicken, sehen Sie alle Details des Angebots, wie z.B. den Preis und andere "
"nützliche Informationen."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie das Angebot annehmen möchten, klicken Sie einfach auf \"Annehmen & "
"Bezahlen\", und das Angebot wird bestätigt. Wenn Sie das Angebot nicht "
"annehmen möchten oder um einige Änderungen bitten müssen, klicken Sie auf "
"\"Änderungen erbitten, ablehnen\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "Verkaufsaufträge"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
"Alle Ihre Einkäufe innerhalb von Odoo (Upsells, Themen, Anwendungen usw.) "
"werden unter diesem Abschnitt registriert."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie auf den Verkaufsauftrag klicken, können Sie die Details der "
"gekauften Produkte einsehen und die Zahlung abwickeln."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "Rechnungen"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
"Alle Rechnungen Ihrer Abonnements und/oder Verkaufsaufträge werden in diesem"
" Abschnitt angezeigt. Der Tag vor dem fälligen Betrag zeigt an, ob die "
"Rechnung bezahlt wurde."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65
msgid ""
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
"Klicken Sie einfach auf die Rechnung, wenn Sie weitere Informationen "
"anzeigen, die Rechnung bezahlen oder eine PDF-Version des Dokuments "
"herunterladen möchten."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "Veranstaltungs-Ticket"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and "
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie ein Ticket über `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>` "
"einreichen, wird ein Ticket erstellt. Hier finden Sie alle Tickets, die Sie "
"eröffnet haben, die Gespräche zwischen Ihnen und unseren Agenten sowie die "
"Status und IDs (# Ref) der Tickets."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Abonnements"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81
msgid ""
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87
msgid ""
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91
msgid ""
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method "
"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie Informationen darüber benötigen, wie Sie Ihre Datenbank verwalten, "
"lesen Sie bitte :ref:`db_online`."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121
msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123
msgid ""
"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our "
"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126
msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129
msgid ""
"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information "
"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data "
"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com."
msgstr ""

22
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../practical.rst:3
msgid "Practical Information"
msgstr ""

2577
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1100
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1638
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

466
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po
View File

@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../quality.rst:5
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "Qualität"
#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3
msgid "Alert"
msgstr "Warnung"
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5
msgid ""
"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to "
"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8
msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10
msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13
msgid "Simple manufacturing flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15
msgid ""
"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be "
"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product "
"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* "
"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23
msgid ""
"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose "
"during the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29
msgid ""
"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the "
"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50
msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality "
"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality "
"checks took place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48
msgid ""
"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. "
"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that "
"appeared during the process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6
msgid "Use the Quality Alert"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8
msgid ""
"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality "
"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically "
"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the "
"problem with the product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22
msgid ""
"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the "
"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28
msgid ""
"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under"
" *Control*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Schecks"
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5
msgid ""
"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo "
"processes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8
msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10
msgid ""
"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of"
" routings in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13
msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6
msgid "Create the Quality Control Point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to "
":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to"
" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check "
"you want to perform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17
msgid "Process the Quality Check"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29
msgid ""
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a "
"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the "
"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the "
"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening "
"the quality checks menu, under quality control."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and "
"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. "
"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order "
"operation on which the quality check should be performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
msgid ""
"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality "
"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the "
"type of quality check."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71
msgid ""
"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a "
"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to "
"generate the necessary work orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78
msgid ""
"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this "
"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table "
"Top component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
msgid ""
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, "
"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, "
"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific "
"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for"
" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button "
"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27
msgid ""
"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be "
"displayed and will require the check value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33
msgid ""
"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding "
"transfer and access it by clicking on the button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39
msgid ""
"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red "
"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by "
"highlighting the corresponding button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46
msgid ""
"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening"
" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control.rst:3
msgid "Control"
msgstr "Kontrolle"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5
msgid ""
"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. "
"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and "
"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed"
" expectations. It also helps minimize waste."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10
msgid ""
"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality "
"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality "
"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that "
"the company then has to rework or scrap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15
msgid ""
"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With "
"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20
msgid "Quality Control Points"
msgstr "Qualitätsprüfpunkte"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> "
"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which"
" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it "
"takes place also is to be defined here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27
msgid ""
"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the "
"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of "
"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process "
"the quality control point needs to be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take"
" place:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35
msgid ""
"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks"
" to perform;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38
msgid ""
"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The "
"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41
msgid ""
"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The "
"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52
msgid ""
"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There "
"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a "
"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58
msgid ""
"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Text"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64
msgid ""
"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the "
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80
msgid "Take a Picture"
msgstr "Bild aufnehmen"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82
msgid ""
"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a "
"transfer or when manufacturing it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera "
"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102
msgid "Pass-Fail"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific "
"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message "
"giving instructions to follow in case of failure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127
msgid "Take a Measure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129
msgid ""
"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a "
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132
msgid ""
"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements,"
" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good "
"measures can are automatically accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140
msgid ""
"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives "
"instructions to the worker."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools "
"<../../iot/devices/camera>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161
msgid ""
"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the "
"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182
msgid "This type is only available when working with routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176
msgid "Register By-Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178
msgid ""
"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot "
"number of the by-products that are manufactured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193
msgid "Print Label"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195
msgid ""
"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the "
"product during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer "
"<../../iot/devices/printer>`."
msgstr ""

4705
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3080
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

198
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 16:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8
msgid ""
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
"in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
"paying one on our online platform)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click "
"on Archive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
" access the list of your installed applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
" click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
"operations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
"to work properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
msgstr ""

570
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -1,570 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr "SMS Marketing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5
msgid ""
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* "
"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in "
"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription "
"preferences)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it"
" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28
msgid ""
"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a "
"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your "
"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a "
"customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "Schwarze Liste"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Campaigns"
msgstr "Kampagnen"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"enable *Mailing Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17
msgid ""
"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, "
"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under "
"campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36
msgid ""
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41
msgid ""
"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the"
" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select "
"*Send SMS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid "Set up SMS templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63
msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Beginnen"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid ""
"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive "
"your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the "
"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are "
"allowed to select multiple ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically "
"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, "
"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53
msgid "Send a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid ""
"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific "
"time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61
msgid ""
"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient "
"list is not excessive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer "
"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different "
"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on "
"the *Information* icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr "Ja."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
"credit will be lost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
msgid ""
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
msgstr ""

362
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
View File

@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-24 12:02+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr "Social Marketing"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The "
"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr ""

454
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -1,454 +0,0 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Wolfgang Taferner, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 12:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../support.rst:5
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Release date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "|green|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "October 2020"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "Nicht verfügbar"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "|orange|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "|red|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:57
msgid "|green| Supported version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63
msgid ""
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
"upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:78
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your"
" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
msgid "Where to find help?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
msgstr "Odoo Enterprise"
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
msgid "your subscription number"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid ""
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
"Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""

2113
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3122
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

15
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -1,16 +1,19 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-14 17:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -18,6 +21,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../applications.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Solicitudes"

1102
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1621
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More